‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺻﻨﻒ ‪7‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺲ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ‬

‫ﺟـﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴــﻪ ﺻﻨﻒ ‪7‬‬

‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺟﺪﺍ ً ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫـ ‪ .‬ﺵ‬ ‫‪1390‬‬

 ‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻴﺖ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺲ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻒ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬
 ‫‪ -‬ﭘﻮﻫﺎﻧﺪ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺟﻴﻼﻧﻰ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﺮ ﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺝ ﻧﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺼﻤﺪ ﺭﺍﻣﻜﻰ ﻏﺰﻧﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺩﻳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﻠﻜﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﭘﻮﻫﺎﻧﺪ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺟﻴﻼﻧﻰ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ‬
‫‪ -‬ﭘﻮﻫﻨﻤﻞ ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﺱ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ‪＄‬ﻮاﮐﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻮﻟﻮﻯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺼﺒﻮﺭ ﻋﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻯ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﺔ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺪﺍﷲ ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺮﻳﻔﻰ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﭘﺮﻭژﻩ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺳﺮﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﻠﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺰﺍﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﷲ ﻏﻔﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﻤﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻏﻔﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺏ‬
‫ﺝ‬
 ‫ﺳﺮود ﻣﻠﯽ‬
‫دا ﻋﺰت د ﻫـــﺮ اﻓـــﻐﺎن دى‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺑﭽﯽ ﻳ‪ ３‬ﻗﻬﺮﻣـــــﺎن دى‬
‫د ﺑـــــــﻠﻮ＇ــــﻮ د ازﺑﮑـــــﻮ‬
‫د ﺗــــــﺮﮐﻤﻨــــﻮ د ﺗﺎﺟﮑــــﻮ‬
‫ﭘـــﺎﻣﻴــﺮﻳﺎن‪ ،‬ﻧﻮرﺳﺘﺎﻧﻴــــﺎن‬
‫ﻫـــﻢ اﻳﻤـــﺎق‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﭘﺸـﻪ ‪４‬ﺎن‬
‫ﻟـــﮑــﻪ ﻟﻤــﺮ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻨﻪ آﺳﻤـﺎن‬
‫ﻟـــﮑـــﻪ زړه وي ﺟــﺎوﻳﺪان‬
‫واﻳﻮ اﷲ اﮐﺒﺮ واﻳﻮ اﷲ اﮐﺒﺮ‬
‫دا وﻃﻦ اﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘـــﺎن دى‬
‫ﮐﻮر د ﺳﻮﻟ‪ ３‬ﮐﻮر د ﺗﻮرې‬
‫دا وﻃﻦ د ！ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐـﻮر دى‬
‫د ﭘ‪＋‬ﺘــــﻮن او ﻫﺰاره وو‬
‫ورﺳﺮه ﻋﺮب‪－ ،‬ﻮﺟــﺮ دي‬
‫ﺑﺮاﻫﻮي دي‪ ،‬ﻗﺰﻟﺒﺎش دي‬
‫دا ﻫﻴـــﻮاد ﺑﻪ ﺗﻞ ‪＄‬ﻠﻴ‪８‬ي‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺳﻴﻨــﻪ ﮐ‪ ３‬د آﺳﻴـــﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻮم د ﺣﻖ ﻣﻮ دى رﻫﺒـــﺮ‬
‫ﺩ‬
 ‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻯﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻯﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗ ََﻄ ﱡﻮﺭ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺟﺰء ﭘﻼﻥ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺭﻫﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻼﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺩﺧﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺯﻭﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺩﺍ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﺲ‬
‫ﻭﻃﻦ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣُﺒﺮﻡ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺮﺻﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻨﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﻳﺎﺭﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻧﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻬﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﻣﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻊ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﻯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻤﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﻭﻕ ﻭﺭﺩگ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫـ‬
 ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ـ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﻯ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ‪1................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪1‬ـ‬
‫ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ‪2............................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪2‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻭﻝ ـ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ‪3...................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪3‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﻭﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‪5.........................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪4‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ‪7............................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪5‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ‪11........................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪6‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ـ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ‪13..............................................................................‬‬ ‫‪7‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺸﻢ ـ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪15...............................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪8‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ـ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‪17............................................................................‬‬ ‫‪9‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ـ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﻥ ‪19...............................................................................‬‬ ‫‪10‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻧﻬﻢ ـ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ‪21...................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪11‬ـ‬
‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ‪23................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪12‬ـ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪25.....................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪13‬ـ‬
‫ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ‪26..........................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪14‬ـ‬
‫‪15‬ـ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺭﺑﻌﻪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪27...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ‪29....................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪16‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‪31.....................................................................‬‬ ‫‪17‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪35.................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪18‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺷﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ‪39.........................................‬‬ ‫‪19‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪43.......................................................................‬‬ ‫‪20‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪45.................................................................‬‬ ‫‪21‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ـ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ‪49....................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪22‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﮋﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪51...................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪23‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ـ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻰ ‪55..............................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪24‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ ـ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﺪﺍﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻔﭽﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‪59..........................................‬‬ ‫‪25‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻢ ـ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ‪63..................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪26‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻗﺎﺗﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ‪67....................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪27‬ـ‬
‫ﻭ‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪69.........................................................................‬‬ ‫‪28‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻰ ‪73............................................................................‬‬ ‫‪29‬ـ‬
‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ‪77...........................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪30‬ـ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪79.........................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪31‬ـ‬
‫ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ‪80..................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪32‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺭﺑﻌﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪81.......................................................................‬‬ ‫‪33‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺸﻢ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‪83.......................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪34‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ـ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‪85..............................................‬‬ ‫‪35‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ـ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪87..........................................‬‬ ‫‪36‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻬﻢ ـ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪91......................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪37‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﺍﻡ ـ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ‪95.................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪38‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻢ ـ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ‪99.....................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪39‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ ـ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ‪103..........................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪40‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ـ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪107..........................................................................‬‬ ‫‪41‬ـ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ـ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪109............................................................................‬‬ ‫‪42‬ـ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺖ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪111.................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪43‬ـ‬
‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ‪113.........................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪44‬ـ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ‪115...........................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪45‬ـ‬
‫ﺯ‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺩﻯ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻰﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ‪) :‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻮﺍﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ(‬
‫‪
t‬ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﻂ ﺟﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫‪
t‬ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫‪
t‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪
t‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
 ‫ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍ ﺯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻮﺍﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻙ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺁﻳﻴﻨﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻭﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺮﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻰ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺛﻖ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺮﻭﭘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ؟ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﺮﻭپ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻛﻤﻜﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻩ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﻭﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻫﻮﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﻭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻰ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻗﺪﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻜﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‪ 1‬ﺁﻥ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﻯ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭﺻﺤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺮﻭﺷﺎﻥ ‪،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ‪،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻠﻪ ﺍﻳﻮﺭﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻴﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ‪ 8848‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻞ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﭼﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪ 11036‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻣﺎﺭﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪.1‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ‪12754‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ‪ 12733‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﭘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺣﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻰ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ؟‬
‫‪-2‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪6‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ‬
‫‪ 23 21‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ 23 21‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺟﺪﻯ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻳﻦ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻓﺮﺿﻰ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺼﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻳﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺼﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘ ﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺟﻨ ﻮﺑﻰ ﺁﻧ ﺮﺍ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺟﻨ ﻮﺑﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻰﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 23 21‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ )‪ (Tropic of Cancer‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺟﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻯ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 23 1‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻩ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻩ ﺟﺪﻯ )‪ ( Tropic of Capricorn‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻯ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺟﺪﻯ‬
‫‪8‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺧﻂ ﺟﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻚ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻯ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺋﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 23 1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ‪ 66 1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 66 1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺍ ‪2‬ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﻂ ﺟﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﺬﺍﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﭼﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺧﻂ ﺟﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻣﺎﻳﻞﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﺒﺪﺍء ﻋﺮﺽﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﺎﺯﻭﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻭﻛﺘﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺗﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺣﺼﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭﺣﺼﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺭﻛﺘﻴﻜﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺼﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺤﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻞ ﻭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﺍﻃﻠﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
 ‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺧﺸﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺭﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﻧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺁﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺻﻔﺮ )ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ( ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪45‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ‬
‫‪13‬‬
 ‫ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺮﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺁﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ )ﺁﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ( ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 6 16‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ )ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ( ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 6 1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﻯ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪،‬ﺧﻄﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ‪ 21‬ﻣﻰ‪2‬ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ 3‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺏ ﺍﻛﺒﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺩﺭﺷﺐ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﻫﺮﮔﺮﻭپ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺼﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪-3‬ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺼﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺸﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 66,5‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 66,5‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻰﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﺎﺣﺖ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﺮﻕ‪ -‬ﻏﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﻭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺪﺍء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ )‪ (N‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ )‪ (S‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺑﻪ ‪ 60‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ 60‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫‪15‬‬
 ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪ 12:00‬ﻇﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 34‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ‪ 32‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻯ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺸﻮ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻯ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﺻﺘﺎً‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺝ( ‪ 23 3 1‬ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ( ‪ 223 1‬ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ‪233‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ؟‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻰ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﺧﻄﻮﻃﻰ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﻪ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻓﺮﺿﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺐ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ )ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ( ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ )‪ (360‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎ)‪ (360‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺮ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍ ﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ )‪ (180‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ )‪ (180‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻏﺮﺏ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺑﻪ ‪ 60‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭﻫﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ‪ 60‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
 ‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﭘﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﭘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺧﻂ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻳﻜﻨﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺍﺯﮔﺮﻭپ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺧﻠﺺ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯ ﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻕ‬
‫ﭼﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ؟‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ :‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ 24‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﭼﺮﺧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻏﺮﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﻰ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ‪360‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ 24‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪ 15‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ (‪360ْ ÷24=15‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ 4‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ‪).‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ (‪60َ ÷15ْ =َ4.‬‬
‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺐ ﺁﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻧﺎ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ 69‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﻜﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 40‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻭﻗﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺶ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ) َ‪(69ْ-40=29ْ ×4َ=116َ÷60َ =1/56‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﻜﻪ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺶ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪ 1 : 56‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﻜﻪ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪ 12‬ﻇﻬﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩﺭ ‪ 4‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻣﻰﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ 69‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 360o‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺩﺭ ‪ 24‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ 24‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪20‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰﺁﻳﺪ؟‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﻀﻮﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮﺍﻗﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﻴﻀﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ‪ 147‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ‪ 152‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ 30‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﻌﺔ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺣﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻯ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ t‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ‬
‫‪1o‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺁﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ ) ‪ 66‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ( ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺎ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺶ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺐ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺶ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺑﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻯ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ ) ‪ 66 1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ( ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻤﺎﺱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺶ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺐ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺭﻭﻧﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﻭﻝ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻂ ﺟﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ )ﺑﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ( ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﺎﺣﺖ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢﻛﻨﻨﺪﻭ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺻﻨﻒﺑﺮﺍﻯﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺁﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ ﺩﺭﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺶ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﭼﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ؟‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺭﺑﻴﻌﻰ ‪ Vernal Equinox‬ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺧﺮﻳﻒ ‪Autumnal Equinox‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻰ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ‪ Summer Solstice‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺳﻴﻔﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ‪ Winter Solstice‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪22‬‬ ‫ﺷﺘﻮﻯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﻭﺑﻂ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺩﻭﺭ ‪2‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺴﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﻭﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﻓﺮﺿﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪ 23‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪2‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﺧﻄﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻯ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺧﻂ ﺟﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ 23 1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪6‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻂ ﺟﺪﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 23 1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ‪ 6 1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 6 1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ‪6‬ﺳﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮ ﺓ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ )ﺁﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ( ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﺐ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ)ﺁﻧﺘﺎﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ( ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 6 1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ )ﺁﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ( ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 6 1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ )ﺁﻧﺘﺎﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ( ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﺿﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻣﻰ ﭼﺮﺧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺧﻄﻮﻃﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻭ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
 ‫‪ -‬ﺧﻄﻮﻃﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ‪ 180‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﻭ ‪ 180‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍ ﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ 24‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻰ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ 365‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ ‪6‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﭼﺮﺧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
 ‫ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺎﻥ‬‫ﻜﺴﺘ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻏﺰﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺯﺑ‬‫ﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺟﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺴ‬
‫ﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻰﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ t‬ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﺩ ﺷﺘﻬﺎ ) ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ(‬
‫‪ t‬ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ )ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ(‬
‫‪ t‬ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ )ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻟﺪﺍﺭﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻔﭽﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ(‬
‫‪ t‬ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻰ ) ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ(‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﺭﻭﺩ ﻛﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺑﺎ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺑﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺑﺎ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻰ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪﻯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺑﺎ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻔﭽﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﭘﻰ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﺭﻭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺧﺼﻮ ﺻﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ t‬ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢﻧﻔﻮﺱﺍﺯﻳﻚﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫‪ t‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺩﻝ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻮ ﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‪،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ )ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﻝ( ﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ)ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﺮﻕ( ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ 652000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﺮﺏ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ‪ 400‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻰﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺎﺟﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺑﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻯﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻰ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪27‬‬
 ‫ﺭﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻰ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯ ﭼﻴﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪

t‬‬
‫‪t‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺤﺮ؟ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺖ ﻫﻢ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪28‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺨﺸﻰ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻛﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻏﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻑ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺰﺍﺭﻉ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪29‬‬
 ‫ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ‪ 6000‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪7000‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻡ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺎﺭﮔﻮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻜﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺷﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺪﻡ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﭼﻤﺘﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﮕﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻐﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﮔﻤﺒﻴﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻐﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﺳﻘﺎﻭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﮔﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺷﺖ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺭﺩﻙ ﻭ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻟﻴﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺯﺟﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺷﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﭼﻪ؟ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺷﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻻﺗﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻼﻳﻤﺎ )‪ (Klima‬ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻰﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻣﻰﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺟﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ 30‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻰﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺶ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫‪31‬‬
 ‫ﮔﺮﺷﻚ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻤﺮﻭﺯ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻓﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻣﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﺐ ﻫﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺷﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺎﺭﮔﻮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻜﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺷﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﺘﻪﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﺸﻜﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻤﻰ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻰﺭﻭﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺧﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻟﻨﮓﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪﻳﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ًﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻧﺞ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺸﻜﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻮ ﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻯ ﺧﺎ ﻧﺪ ﺍ ﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺮﻭﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻐﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﭘﻜﺘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ‪.‬ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺭﺷﺪ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﭼﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻐﻮﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻬﻮﻩ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﺘﭙﻰ )ﻋﻠﻔﺰﺍﺭ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻋﻠﻔﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻧﺸﻮ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻐﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻨﺪﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺭﻳﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻏﺰﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻳﻚ ﻋﻠﻔﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺘﭙﻰ‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﻧﺪﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﭙﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﻧﺪﺭﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﺩﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺭﻭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻭﺭ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﺘﭙﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻧﺪﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﭙﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺳﺘﺮﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪34‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﺪﻩ ﻳﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ 13‬ﺣﺼﺔ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻣﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻑ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻑﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﻰ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻰﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺁﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺎﻗﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻﺟﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ‬‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻰ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
 ‫ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺼﺺ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺧﻮﺏﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺓ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻙ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺧﺎﻭﺍﻙ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻤﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭼﺘﺮﺍﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ‪ 7750‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗُﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﺷﺎﺥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ‪ 7485‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺧﺎﻭﺍﻙ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺁﺳﺎﻥﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺳﺎﻟﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 3400‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺷﻴﺒﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ 3200‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ‬
‫‪36‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫‪-2‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺣﺎﺟﻴﮕﻚ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺣﺼﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺷﺎﻩ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻯ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ‪ 5140‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺁﻥ ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ‬
‫‪37‬‬
 ‫‪-3‬ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ‬
‫ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻴﻜﺎﺭﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ‪ 4755‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﮕﻞﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺧﻴﺒﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯﻛﻮﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﻴﺪﻛﻮﻩﻏﺮﺑﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﻩﻛﻮﻩ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﮔﻞ ﻛﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﺮﺑﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﭼﺎﮔﺎﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺭﻏﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥﺑﻪﺳﻪﮔﺮﻭپﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﺷﺪﻩﺑﻌﺪﺍﺯﺑﺤﺚﺩﺭﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﺫﻳﻞﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉﺭﺍﺩﺭﭘﻴﺶﺭﻭﻯﺻﻨﻒﺷﺮﺡﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭپﺳﻮﻡ‪:‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥﺭﺍﺭﺳﻢﻛﺮﺩﻩﻛﻮﻩﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶﺭﺍﺩﺭﺁﻥﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﺍﺩﻩﻭﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩﺁﻥﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﻏﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪-6‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪،‬ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪38‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎﺁﺏﻫﺎﻯﺟﺎﺭﻯﻭﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﺩﺭﻳﻚﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢﺑﺎﻻﻯﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥﻫﺎﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻑ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬ﺩﺭﻣﺴﻴﺮﺭﺍﻩﺁﺏﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦﺩﺭﻩﺑﺎﻫﻢﻳﻜﺠﺎﺷﺪﻩ‪،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﺷﺪﻩﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭﻱﻛﻪﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎًﺍﺯﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎﻯﺑﻠﻨﺪﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬ﺩﺭﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰﻛﻪﻧﺸﻴﺒﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻗﻮﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻯ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻰﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﻼﺥ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖﻭ‬
‫ﭼﭗ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ‪،‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥﺭﺍﺍﺯﻟﺤﺎﻅﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯﺟﺎﺭﻯﺑﻪ‪ 5‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪﻛﻪﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫‪39‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻡ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺁﻣﻮ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ‬
‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺍﻭﻧﻰ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺮﻛﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻟﻐﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺗﻚ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻧﻐﻠﻮ‬
‫‪40‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻟﻮﮔﺮ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻐﻤﺎﻥ )ﺍﻟﻴﺸﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻨﮕﺎﺭ( ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻨﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﭙﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻐﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻭﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﺮ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺟﻼﻝ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻡ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺁﻣﻮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻛﺴﻮﺱ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﻬﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺟﻴﺤﻮﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫‪41‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﺭﺍﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺭﻗﻮﻝ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻢ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ‪ 1200‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺎﺟﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺑﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻨﺪﺯ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻛﭽﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺁﻣﻮ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﻓﻌﺘﺎً ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ؟‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -9‬ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -10‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪42‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻜ‬
‫ﻦ)‬
‫ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻭ‬
‫ﺕ(‬
‫ﺧﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻣ‬ ‫ﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺻ‬
‫ﺎﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻯ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﺳﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ‪1400‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻗﻠﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﻏﻨﺪﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻧﻚ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻏﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﺧﺎﺷﺮﻭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﺭﺳﻜﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﺕ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﮔﺮﺷﻚ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺑﻐﺮﺍ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻬﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻧﺎﺩﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺷﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻗﻠﻌﻪ ﺑﺴﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺑﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻏﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻗﻠﻌﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻏﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪43‬‬
 ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪.‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺑﻠﺨﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺳﻤﻨﮕﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﺪﺧﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻗﻴﺼﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﺎﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺭﻳﺰﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﺍﺯﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮ ﺳﺒﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ؟ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ‪ ...‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪44‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ؟‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻃﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﺮﻳﺰﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻰ ﭼﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺻﺎﺑﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﭘﻮﺯﻙ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﻩ ﺩﺭﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻧﻴﻤﺮﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﺮﻳﺰﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺧﻴﺰﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
 ‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺷﻴﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺷﻴﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﺦ ﻣﻰ ﺑﻨﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺷﻴﻮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ‪ 3050‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺯﺭﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺯﺭﻛﻮﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺯﺭﻗﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮﺣﺪﻯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺟﻴﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺶ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪46‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﭼﻘﻤﻘﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﻔﺪﻩ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪،‬ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻗﺮﻏﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫‪47‬‬
 ‫ﺁﺏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻃﻌﻢ ﺧﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﺯﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻜﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻟﺒﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ )ﺑﻨﺪ ﻫﻴﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨﻴﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﺭ( ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻏﺰﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ )ﺷﻴﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭﻗﻮﻝ ﻭ ﭼﻘﻤﻘﺘﻴﻦ( ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺯﺭﻗﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺯﺭﻗﻮﻝ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪48‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻱ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺗﻰ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﻬﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ‪ 26‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1386‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ 40‬ﻧﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﻮﺩ ﭘﺮﺍﮔﻨﺪﻩﮔﻲ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬ﺩﺭﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩ ﻫﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﺕ ﻣﻰﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭﺷﻬﺮ ﻫﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻋﺰﻳﺰﻣﺎﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥﺑﻨﺎﻡﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯﺍﺳﻼﻣﻰﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥﻭﻣﺮﺩﻡﻭﻃﻦﻣﺎﻫﻤﻪﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖﻋﻨﻌﻨﻪﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰﻭﺭﻭﻯﺍﻳﺠﺎﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ )ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻥ( ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭘﺸﺘﻮﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮ ﻛﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻮچ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺸﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺟﻚ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻧﮋﺍﺩ‬
‫‪49‬‬
 ‫ﺁﺭﻳﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻰﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﺑﻜﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﻣﻰﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﭘﺸﻪﻳﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻣﻲ ﺁﺭﻳﺎﻳﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭ ﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻮچﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺖ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﻠﻮﭼﻰ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻰ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻟﻬﺠﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬ﭘﺸﺘﻮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﺑﻴﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﭼﻰ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﺍﭼﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻛﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﻜﺎﺷﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﭘﺸﻪ ﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﺮﺍﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨﺠﺎﺑﻰ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﺸﺘﻮ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻤﻰ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻮﭼﻰ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﭘﺸﻪﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺭﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻣﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬ﺍﻛﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺣﻨﻔﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺪﻩﻳﻰ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﻮﺩ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻰﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻱ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﭼﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﻛﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﮔﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ؟ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﮋﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻱ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺷﺨﻢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻯ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻰ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ‪ 85‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫‪51‬‬
 ‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﭘﺮ ﺯﺣﻤﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻯ ﺩﻫﻘﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻼﺕ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺒﻮﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮔﻨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺯﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﺑﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺨﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺵ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻗﻠﻰ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﻨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺯﺭﻉ ﮔﻨﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻟﻠﻤﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬ﮔﻨﺪﻡ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪2500‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﮔﻨﺪﻡ ﺑﻬﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻟﻠﻤﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 3300‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺯﺭﻉ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﻡﺳﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺣﺎﺻﻞﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﻨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺣﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﭙﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻯ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﺸﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺭﻯ ﺳﻴﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ‪ 66‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﻜﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺤﺎﻝ ‪ 3,37‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﻜﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻛﺸﺖ‬
‫ﮔﻨﺪﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﺍﺭﻉ ﮔﻨﺪﻡ‬
‫‪52‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﮋﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻰ ﻏﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪1386‬ﻫـ‪ .‬ﺵ‪ 5,6 ،‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺗﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺽ ﺧﻮﺭﺍﻛﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﺪ ‪ 527‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻦ ﮔﻨﺪﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺁﻻﺕ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﮔﻨﺪﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻫﻜﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ‪ 2,6‬ﺗﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﮔﻨﺪﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪1386‬ﻫـ‪ ..‬ﺵ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ‪ 4,5‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺗﻦ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻰ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ﺯﺭﻉ ﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻟﻚ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﺋﻰ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻨﺪﻡ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫‪ 214‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﻜﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﺭﻉ ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻐﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﭘﺸﺪ ﻛﻨﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻐﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪﺯ ﻭ ﻣﺰﺍﺭﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻛﺸﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‬
‫‪53‬‬
 ‫ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻏﺬﺍﺋﻰ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻣﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺯﺭﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 2600‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺸﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺎﻭﻯ ‪500‬‬
‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﻜﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﺭﻉ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﭘﻜﺘﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﮕﻮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﺬﺍﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺸﺖ ﮔﻨﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺸﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﺩﺭﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺸﺖ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻲ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮔﻨﺪﻡ ﺁﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﺖ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺸﺖ ﮔﻨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺸﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -6‬ﮔﻨﺪﻡ ﺁﺑﻲ ﻭ ﮔﻨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻪ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻲ ﻛﺸﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪54‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺰﺍﺭﻉ ﻛﺸﺖ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻠﺒﻮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺸﻜﺮ ﻭ‪ ......‬ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﭘﻨﺒﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﻔﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﻜﺎﺕ ﻧﺴﺎﺟﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻮﺝ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﻜﺎﺕ ﻧﺴﺎﺟﻰ ﺍﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺗﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﻄﺮﻧﺠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺷﻮﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﺎﻟﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻨﺠﺎﺭﻩ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺴﺎﺟﻰ ﺑﮕﺮﺍﻣﻰ‪ ،‬ﮔﻠﺒﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﻠﺨﻤﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺪﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﺍﺭﺷﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﺦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﻧﺨﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻰﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺛﻮﺭ ﻛﺸﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻡ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫‪55‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﭼﻴﺪﻩ ﻭﺳﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﭘﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺸﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﺑﻐﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺪﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﻮﺩ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺳﻤﻨﮕﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﺦ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻐﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺴﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺯﺭﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺒﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻮچ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻟﺒﻠﺒﻮ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻠﺒﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﻫﻜﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺘﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺸﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﻛﺸﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻐﻼﻥ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺪﺯ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﻗﻨﺪ ﺑﻐﻼﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻠﺒﻮ ﺑﻮﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﺎﻟﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻨﺠﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻧﻴﺸﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺸﻜﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺁﺏ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻐﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﻨﺮ ﺯﺭﻉ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ُﮔﺮ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﺎﻟﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺧﻮﺭﺍﻛﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﻗﻠﻤﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺯﺭﻉ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﺖ ﻧﻴﺸﻜﺮ‬
‫‪56‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﺒﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫‪272870‬‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺒﻪ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪22590‬‬ ‫ﻟﺒﻠﺒﻮ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪11840‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺸﻜﺮ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‪ :1‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻲ ﭼﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻰ ﺯﻋﻔﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻛﺸﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺳﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨﻴﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﭙﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺘﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻛﺸﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺮ ﺧﺸﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﻙ‪،‬‬
‫‪57‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻠﻨﮕﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻔﺮﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﻩ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﭙﻪ ﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﻳﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺰﺍﺭﻉ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺩﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻔﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻋﻔﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺗﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺒﻠﺒﻮ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺸﻜﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻭﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺯﻭﻻﻳﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺸﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﺯ ﻟﺒﻠﺒﻮ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻧﻴﺸﻜﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺗﺮ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻲ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﺎﻯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪58‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﺪﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻔﭽﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻫﻠﻰ‪ -‬ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻣﺎﻟﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻫﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺣﺸﻲ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻮﺍﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻫﻠﻰ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻭ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﭗ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻍ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻩ ﮔﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻰ ﻭ ﻗﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺸﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺩﺓ ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻫﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺩﺓ ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻰ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪59‬‬
 ‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻫﻠﻰ‪0-‬ﮔﺎﻭ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﻩ ﻗﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺗﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﻟﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻤﻨﮕﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﺦ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺯﺟﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﻳﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺪﺯ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻴﻨﭽﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺩﺳﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺓ ﻗﺮﻩﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﺒﻮﺩﭼﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺗﻘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺎﻭ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻟﺒﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻫﺎﻗﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﺎﺕ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﭗ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﭗ ﻗﻄﻐﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﺍﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﻰ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﻛﺸﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺰﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺩﻫﻘﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﺍﭼﻰ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺘﺮ‪ :‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻛﻮﭼﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻛﻮچ ﻛﺸﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻔﭽﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺷﺘﺮ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻓﺎﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺐ )ﺧﺮ(‪ :‬ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻛﺸﻰ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺩﻫﺎﻗﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻛﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺟﺴﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ‪ 120‬ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮگ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺑﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺷﻐﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﮔﻮﺵ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 500‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﺎﻯ ﻛﻠﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻫﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻍ ﺁﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﺒﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻍ ﺩﺷﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﮔﻨﺠﺸﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻔﭽﺮ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 3,2‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﻜﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻤﻦ ﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻰ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻧﺎﻭﺭ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺎﻟﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺎﻟﺪﺍﺭﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺧﺪﺍﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻫﺪﻳﺔ ﺧﺪﺍﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻳﻰ ﻣﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺩﻟﭽﺴﭗ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﻳﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺎﻫﮕﺎﻩ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺟﻨﮕﻠﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﻟﭙﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﻜﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺟﻨﮕﻠﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺟﻨﮕﻠﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻐﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﻜﺘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﻜﺘﻴﻜﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﻨﮕﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﭘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﻏﻴﺲ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻞ‬
‫‪61‬‬
 ‫ﭼﻮﺏ ﭼﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺵ ﻛﻨﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺟﺪﻯ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺱ ﺍﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻧﻬﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻳﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﻲ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻔﭽﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻯ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ 4‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻒ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺗﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻮچ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﮔﺎﻭ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻛﺸﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﻛﺸﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺰﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﭼﻰ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻓﺎﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ ﻗﺮﻩ ﻗﻞ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﭗ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻭ ﻭ ﺧﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻰ ﭼﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫـ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﭗ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻟﺒﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻴﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺗﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﺍﻡ‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻳﻰ ﻣﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺡ‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺸﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻄﻠﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ؟‬
‫‪62‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻳﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﻃﻼ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﺮﻣﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻫﻦ‬
‫ﺁﻫﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺼﻮﺍﺭﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺯﺭﺩ ﻟﻴﻤﻮﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻫﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺣﺎﺟﻲ ﮔﻚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ‪ 63‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﺭﺯﮔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ ﻗﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺾ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﺟﻮﺯﺟﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﻜﺘﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﺝ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﺳﺘﻰ ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻘﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﺠﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺁﻣﺪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪63‬‬
 ‫ﻣﺲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﻠﺤﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﻰ ﻭ ﭼﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺳﺮﺥ‬
‫ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﺲ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻨﻚ ﻟﻮﮔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺭﭼﻜﺮﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻛﺮﻳﺰ‬
‫ﻗﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻏﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺲ‬
‫ﺑﻠﺦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺲ ﻫﺎﺩﻯ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﮕﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻃﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺲ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻛﻼﻥ ﻣﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﭼﻠﻮ ﺻﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﮕﺮﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﻗﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻔﮕﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺷﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻼ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ ﻃﻼ‪ ،‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ﺟﻼﻯ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻧﻤﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﭘﺸﺘﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ‬
‫ﭘﻮﻟﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺯﻳﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﻨﺖ ﺧﺎﻧﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺯﺍﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﻛﭽﻪ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻃﻼ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻧﻤﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺎﺩﻯ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺯﻳﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﺑﻰ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﻗﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪64‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻳﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻻﺟﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻬﺮﺕ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ‪ 1‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 5‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﺎﻗﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻﺟﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺮﺩ ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻴﺮ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻲ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺷﻬﺮﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺟﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﺍﺭﺷﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻗﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺗﺎﻟﻘﺎﻥ ﺗﺨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﺧﻮﻯ ﺟﻮﺯﺟﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﺍﺭﺷﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺮﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻚ ﺳﻨﮕﻰ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ ﺳﺒﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﻚ ﺗﺎﻟﻘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻚ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻰ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺳﻠﻔﺮ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻮﮔﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﺓ ‪600‬ﺗﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺰﺍﺭﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﺷﻢ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪65‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟ ﺁﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺯﺍﺑﻞ ﻭ ﻗﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻫﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻩ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﺲ‬
‫ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺍﺭﺯﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺟﻲ ﮔﻚ ﺑﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻃﻼ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻟﻘﺎﻥ ﺗﺨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺧﻮﻱ ﺟﻮﺯﺟﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻴﻨﻚ ﻟﻮﮔﺮ ﻭ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﺧﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺟﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻚ‬
‫ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻔﺮ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪66‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻗﺎﺗﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻨﺸﺎء ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﻨﺸﺎء ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺟﻨﮕﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻻﺑﻼﻯ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺓ ﺻﻮﻑ ﺳﻤﻨﮕﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮﻛﺮ‬
‫ﭘﻠﺨﻤﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺁﺷﭙﺸﺘﺔ ﺩﺭﺓ ﺳﻴﻐﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮﺥ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﮕﻰ ﺗﺨﺎﺭ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺩﺭﺓ ﺻﻮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 76‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺗﻦ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﺮﻛﺮ ﭘﻠﺨﻤﺮﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻛﻮﻙ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻦ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﺮﺥ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻛﻮﺗﻞ ﺳﺒﺰﻙ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺫﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﻨﮕﻰ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪67‬‬
 ‫ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺖ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻨﺸﺎء ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﻔﻴﺔ ﻧﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﻞ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺰﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﺰﻟﻰ ﺗﻴﻞ ﭘﺘﺮﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﭘﻄﺮﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺒﻼﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻳﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺤﺼﺎﺕ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭﮔﺎﺯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪1314‬ﻫـ‪. .‬ﺵ ﺗﺎ ‪1343‬ﻫـ‪.‬ﺵ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻟﺴﻮﺍﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺘﺎﻕ ﺗﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻮ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺗﻴﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺳﺘﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻟﻘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺷﺒﺮﻏﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻤﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺎﺯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﮔﺎ ﺯﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﺮﻏﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺧﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﮔﻮﮔﺮﺩﻙ )ﻳﺘﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﻕ( ﺧﻮﺍﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﻭﺱ ﻫﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺮ ﻗﻮﺩﻭﻕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒ ً‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎﻳﭙﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻮﺭﻭﻯ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺖ ﻭﭘﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺎﺯﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ‪ :‬ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻨﺸﺎء ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻗﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪68‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﺳﺘﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ؟‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﻻﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻣﭙﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﺳﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻰ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ‪ -‬ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﺳﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻰ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻐﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻓﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻋﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6000‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩﻫﺎﻗﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﺦ ﮔﻨﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺟﻮ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﭼﻘﻤﺎﻕ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﺮﻥ ‪ 19‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ 98‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﻳﻰ ﺍﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﺳﺘﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﻦ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺰ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺸﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻰ‬
‫‪69‬‬
 ‫ﭘﺸﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺮﻳﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﺁﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﻃﻼ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﺳﺘﻰ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻓﻰ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻗﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻓﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﻓﺎﺭﻳﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﺧﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺁﻗﭽﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻠﺦ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺰﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺩﻟﭽﺴﭗ ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻗﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺪﺯ ﻭ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﻓﺎﺭﻳﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﺧﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺁﻗﭽﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻗﺎﻟﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻢ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰﻛﺎﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺩﻫﻘﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﺠﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﻞ ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﭼﺎﻗﻮﻱ ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﭼﺎﺭﻳﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺪﺭﺧﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻐﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰﻛﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺩﺭﻭﺍﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﻨﻪ ﺁﻫﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪70‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺏ ‪ -‬ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ ﺷﻴﺮﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﻯ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ »ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻧﻪ« ﻭ »ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﻜﺔ ﭘﺸﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻓﻰ« ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﻌﻄﺎﺕ ﻋﺴﻜﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﻣﻰﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﺟﻨﮕﻠﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﻜﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻨﺪ ﺑﻐﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﺯﺭﻛﻨﺪﺯ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻭژﻩ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻣﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﺳﻤﻨﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻕ ﺁﺑﻲ ﻧﻐﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻭﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻭﻧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻫﻴﭙﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺠﻜﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺷﻚ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪71‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﻖ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻔﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﺶ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ‪1298‬ﻫـ‪.‬ﺵ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﻜﻮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻟﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﭘﺸﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﻗﺮﻩ ﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﮔﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻴﻮﻩ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻃﺒﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻗﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺷﺪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪72‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻰ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻘﺶ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻠﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻲ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺸﻜﻰ ‪ -2‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻙ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﺍﺷﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﭗ ﻭ ﻗﺎﻃﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻣﻴﺮﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺰ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺳﺮﻙ‬
‫‪73‬‬
 ‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺗﺮﺭﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 15000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﺮﻛﻬﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﺭﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻧﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﻙ ﻫﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﻜﺮﻳﺘﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺳﺮﻙ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺣﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﺭﺧﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﻟﺪﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻗﻠﻌﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺭﻏﻨﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺗﺎﺷﮕﺬﺭ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺮﺧﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻛﻠﻔﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻙ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻫﺮﺍﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻱ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻙ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫‪483‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ – ﻗﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪679‬‬ ‫ﻗﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ – ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﺭﻏﻨﺪﻱ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪124‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮﺍﺕ – ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻗﻌﻠﻪ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪104‬‬ ‫ﻗﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ – ﺳﭙﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﻟﺪﻙ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪231‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ – ﺗﻮﺭﺧﻢ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪405‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ – ﺷﻴﺮﺧﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪360‬‬ ‫ﭘﻠﺨﻤﺮﻱ‪ -‬ﻣﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ‪ -‬ﺷﺒﺮﻏﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪132‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ – ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺰ‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪117‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺰ – ﺧﻮﺳﺖ‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪74‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺧﻄﻮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻰﭘﻴﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻰﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻃﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪1298‬ﻫـ‪.‬ﺵ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻭﻧﺪ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺵ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻠﻜﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻫﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﺭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺭﻭﻣﭽﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﻧﻜﻔﻮﺭﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ﻗﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺵ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﻜﺮﻳﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﺮ ﺭﻳﺰﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺪﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﺍﺭﺷﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﭘﻜﺘﻴﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻡ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ )ﺷﻴﺒﺮﺗﻮ( ﺩﺭ ‪1376‬ﻫـ‪. .‬ﺵ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ )‪ ،(Runway‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﻨﺔ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺗﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺳﻮﻧﻞ ﻓﻨﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻜﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ 1333‬ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ‪ 51‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ‪ 49‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﻤﭙﻨﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﻤﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺟﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﻦ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺁﺭﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ) ﺩ ﺁﺭﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﻨﻪ ( ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﻛﻮﺗﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺳﻲ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻼ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ) ﺩ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﻨﻪ( ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺲ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻌ ً‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪75‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﮔﺮﻭپ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﺮﮔﺮﻭپ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‪ .......‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻯ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺳﺮﻙ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﭗ‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻗﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺳﺮﻙ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﺭﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺝ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻰ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻫـ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪76‬‬
 ‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ‪ 652000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 13 -‬ﺣﺼﻪ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺷﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺭﮔﻮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻜﻮﺍ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺶ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻧﺴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻴﭙﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻧﺪﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﭙﻲ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻔﻴﺪﻛﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﻴﻦﻏﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺸﺎء ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﻮ‪ ،‬ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﻗﻠﻌﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺎﺭ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﻮﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺷﻴﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺯﺭﻗﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻏﺰﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﻬﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮﺍﮔﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﻲ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ؛‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﭘﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻛﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪77‬‬
 ‫‪ -‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﻨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﻠﺒﻮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺸﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﺯﻋﻔﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﻳﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﺭﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ ﻗﺮﻩﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻭ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺁﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﻃﻼ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺟﺴﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻚ ﻭ ﺳﻠﻔﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻗﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ؛ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ )ﻗﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ‪ (...‬ﻭ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ )ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻠﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ‪ (...‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﺮﺭﻭ )ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ( ﻭ ﺍﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪78‬‬
 ‫ﺳ ّﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‪ :‬ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻰ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻰ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻰ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺣﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﺣﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺭﺑﻌﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻛﻮ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺤﻴﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺑ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﻮ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻴﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺤ‬
‫ﻛﺴﭙﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ‬

‫ﺤﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺑ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺩﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 25‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ‪ 170‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‪ 10 ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ‪ 80‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺁﻥ ‪ 44/2‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻞ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻝ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻛﺴﭙﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﺳﻔﻮﺭﺱ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺳﺮﺥ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﺳﻮﻳﺰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﺑﻨﺎﻯ ﺑﻴﺮﻧﮓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﻮﺭﻳﺸﻴﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﻪ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺳﻪ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻯ ﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻯ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﭼﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﮔﻬﻮﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ‬
‫‪81‬‬
 ‫ﻛﻠﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻌﺒﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﻪ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻨﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﺑﻰ ﺣﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻬﻢ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﻋﻴﺴﻮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻫﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﺰﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﻔﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻛ‬
‫ﻮﺭﻳﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺤﻴﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺑ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻛ‬
‫ﻮﺭﻳﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻴﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺤ‬
‫ﻛﺴﭙﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ‬

‫ﺤﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺑ‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ(ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ‪ ..................‬ﺳﺮ ﺣﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ (-‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ‪ ...........................‬ﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ‪ .....................‬ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ( ﺁﺑﻨﺎﻯ ‪ ......................‬ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺳﻪ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪82‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺸﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺷﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮژﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺗﻴﺘﺲ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﺍﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎﺵ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺴﭙﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺗﻴﺘﺲ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺗﻴﺘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎﻯ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻕ ﭼﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻮﺭﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ‪ 8848‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯ ﻭ ﺯﺍﮔﺮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻘﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻮﻧﺘﻴﻚ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺎﺗﻮﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺗﻴﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﻟﺘﺎﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﻐﻮﻟﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻐﻮﻟﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻳﺮ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺍﻕ ﻭ ﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪83‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺠﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴﺘﺲ ﻭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎﻯ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺩﺭﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ؟ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺁﻥ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻫﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺑﺤﺮ ﺗﻴﺘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻮﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪84‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻛﺴﭙﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺟﺎ‬

‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ‬

‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺤ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻰ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﻧﺞ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻭﺏ )‪ (ob‬ﻳﻨﺴﻰ ﻭ ﻟﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻮﻟﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭﻻﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﺧﻮﺗﺴﻚ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﻧﮕﻬﻮ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭼﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ‬
‫ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﭼﻴﻬﻠﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﮓ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺳﺮﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪85‬‬
 ‫‪ -3‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻣﻰﺭﻳﺰﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻣﺎﺭﺗﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﮔﻨﮕﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻫﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﻨﮕﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﺑﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺟﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ )ﺍﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﺩ( ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺑﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻣﻰﺭﻳﺰﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﻧﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﺁﻣﻮ )ﺟﻴﺤﻮﻥ( ﻭ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫)ﺳﻴﺤﻮﻥ( ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﺭﺍﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻝ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﺴﭙﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﺮﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﺑﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﺮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺁﺭﺍﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ؟ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪86‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻛﺴﭙﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺟﺎ‬

‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ‬

‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺤ‬

‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺮﻳﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺰﺍﻗﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﺮﺏ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﻜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً‬
‫‪ 700‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ‪ 130‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺧﺎﻧﻜﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﭼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺰﺍﻗﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎﺵ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﺭﺍﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻏﺰﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻚ ﻛﻮﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﭼﻘﻤﻘﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺷﻴﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻏﺰﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻰ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﺭﻭﻣﻴﻪ ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﺳﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻯ ﺩﺭﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﺏ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺭﻳﺴﺘﻜﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪87‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﺍﻭﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪88‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﺮﻭﻧﻮﺗﺴﻜﻰ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﺳﻴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﺑﻨﮕﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻋﺪﻥ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻋﻘﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﺴﭙﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻴﺮﻧﮓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﺧﻮﺗﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﺯﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪89‬‬
 ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﺟﺎﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﺣﻤﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻬﻴﻞﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺧﻠﻴﺞﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﺔ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻮﺭﻳﻪ ﺏ( ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﺴﭙﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺏ( ﻏﺮﺏ ﺝ( ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺩ( ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻫـ ( ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺷﺮﻕ‬
‫‪ -4‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﭘﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪90‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺤ‬ ‫ﺑ‬
‫ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ‬

‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻯ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﭼﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﻭ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 66 1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 85‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺧﻴﺰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﻮﺍﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﻪ ‪ - 60‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﻰ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 18‬ﻭ ‪ 19‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺳﻮﺯﻧﻰ ﺑﺮگ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺳﺒﺰ )ﺗﺎﻳﮕﺎ( ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪91‬‬
 ‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺘﭗ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻛﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 150‬ﻭ ‪ 200‬ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً‬
‫‪ 40‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺩﻯ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﻰ‪ 10‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 15‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺍﻗﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯ ﻭ ﺯﺍﮔﺮﺱ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻪ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﻌﻮﺩﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ‪45‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ‪ 20‬ﻭ ‪ 15‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﻣﻰﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩﮔﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﻪ ‪ 50‬ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻰﺭﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﻰ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪92‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ‪ 400‬ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭﺳﻄﻰ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ‪ 15‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ‪ 30‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﭼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻫﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺣﺼﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺼﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻋﺮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﺴﭙﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺸﻚ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺮﻭﺱ )ﻧﺎﺭﻧﺞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻤﻮ( ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﻮﺍﻧﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ 800‬ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 20‬ﻭ ‪ 30‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻯ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺣﺼﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺳﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﺜﻤﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﻤﻮﻝ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺑﻨﮕﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ 500‬ﻣﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭﺳﻄﻰ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 25‬ﻭ ‪ 30‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﺎً ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪93‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺝ( ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺩ( ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺏ( ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺏ( ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺑﻨﮕﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ﺝ( ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺩ( ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ( ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﺏ( ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺼﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪94‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺴﻚ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻛ‬
‫ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥﻮﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻯﺷ‬
‫ﺤﻴ‬ ‫ﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑ‬
‫ﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻴ‬‫ﺑﺤ‬ ‫ﻯ ﺟﻨ‬
‫ﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺓ ﺳﺮﺥ‬

‫ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺤﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﮋﺍﺩ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﭘﺮﺍﮔﻨﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﭘﺮﺍﮔﻨﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻛﻢ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 2008‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﻪ ‪ 4,05‬ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭﺩ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﭘﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ ﻛﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﮔﻮﺍﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﺪﺍﺭﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﻜﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻰ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴﭙﻮﺭﺗﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻳﺎﺑﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻂ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴﭙﻮﺭﺗﻰ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻳﺎﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻜﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻼﻗﻰ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﭘﺮﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﭼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺰﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﮕﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﭘﺮﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ ﻛﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪95‬‬
 ‫ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺯﺭﺩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﭼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻐﻮﻟﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺩﻭ‪ ،‬ﭘﺸﺘﻮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻭ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﺮﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﮕﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺰﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺳﺔ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﻪ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻮﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﺍﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻫﻤﺎﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺷﻨﺘﻮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﻔﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﭼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻜﻪ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻗﺼﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ‬
‫‪96‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻧﮋﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﮋﺍﺩ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻛﻢ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﮋﺍﺩ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺳﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﮋﺍﺩ ﺯﺭﺩ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻧﮋﺍﺩ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻳﻼﻧﻜﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺵ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪97‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻯ ﻫﺮﮔﺮﻭپ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺯﺭﺩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﺳﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﮕﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؟‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺟﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻳﻼﻧﻜﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﺪﻳﻮ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﭘﺮﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺟﻨﮕﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻼﻗﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺯﺭﺩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺝ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﻌﻮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺩ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻓﻬﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺗﻔﻬﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺮﻧﮓ‬ ‫ﻫـ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﭼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺰﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﮕﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻳﺎﺑﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺯ‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ؟ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﺒﻰ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪98‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﭼﺎﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﺘﻜﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻮﺓ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻰ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﻣﻰﻛﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﻰ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺷﻴﻮﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺁﻻﺕ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﺨﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻑ ﻛﺸﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪99‬‬
 ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻏﻠﻪﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﻛﺸﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩﮔﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﺸﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﭼﺎﻯ ﻭ ﻛﻨﻒ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻨﮕﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﺶ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﺪﺍﺭﻯ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻫﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﮔﺎﻭ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ ﻣﻰ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺍﺳﭗ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺍﺳﭗ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻯ ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ ﻗﺮﻩ ﻗﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺷﺴﺘﻦ ﮔﻮﺳﻔﻨﺪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪101‬‬
 ‫ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﻓﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺻﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ‪.........................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﺪﺍﺭﻯ ‪.......................................‬‬
‫ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫؟‬
‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻏﻠﻂ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫(‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﺘﻜﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪) .‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻏﺬﺍﻳﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺒﺮﻧﺪ‪( ).‬‬
‫(‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪) .‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﭼﺎﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻨﮕﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﺶ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪( ).‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻴﻞ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻠﺒﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪102‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻔﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؟‬
‫ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺯﻳﺮﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺩﻳﺮﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﺎﺑﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﻋﺮﺑﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪ )ﻏﺮﺏ ﻛﻠﻜﺘﻪ( ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺁﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻔﺮ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻌﺶ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻧﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﺰﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪103‬‬
 ‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺷﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﭼﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺁﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍﭘﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﭙﺎﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﺳﻴﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﭼﻴﻦ‬
‫‪104‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻋﻜﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻏﺬﺍﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﺘﻰ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﺶ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﺍﺗﻜﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻗﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻓﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﺳﺘﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺁﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﻫﻴﮕﻴﺮﻯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﻭﻧﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫‪105‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﻰ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﺴﺘﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻰ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺤﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻒ‬ ‫؟‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻮﺭﻳﺰﻡ‬
‫ﺳﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻧﻔﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺛﻘﻴﻞ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻬﻢ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪106‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﺮﻳﺸﻢ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺑﺮﻳﺸﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﺮﻳﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻭﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺁﺑﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺤﺮﻱ‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺎﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺁﻫﻦ ‪ -2‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻲ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﺮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﺭﻭ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺯﺍﻧﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻣﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻳﻞﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﻭﻻﺩﻳﻮﺍﺳﺘﻮﻙ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ )ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ( ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﻜﻮ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺁﻫﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ )ﻣﺘﺮﻭ( ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪107‬‬
 ‫‪ -2‬ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺤﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺁﺏ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻴﺐ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬ﺁﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺏﺍﻟﻤﻨﺪﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﻛﺎ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻛﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﻫﺮﻣﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﺳﻮﻳﺰ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺑﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﻼﻛﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺰﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-4‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﻗﺮﻥ ‪ 20‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻃﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬ ‫؟‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺮﻭپ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺻﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺑﺤﺮﻱ‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺳﺆﺍﻝﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻲ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﺭﺯﺍﻧﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻲ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺁﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪-4‬ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﺳﻮﻳﺰ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ‪ ......................‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ‪ ....................‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪108‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻲ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻛﺴﭙﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ‪46‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺭژﻳﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺣﻜﻤﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺖ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻼ ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ ﺭژﻳﻢ ﺷﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﺷﻴﺦ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻧﻈﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻔﺖ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺧﺎﻭﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﮕﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺰﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺷﺮﻕ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪-5‬ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺟﻴﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻗﺰﺍﻗﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪109‬‬
 ‫‪ -6‬ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻱ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻱ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻐﻮﻟﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻﻭﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﭙﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺗﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻲ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻛﻤﭙﻨﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ‪ 18‬ﻭ ‪ 19‬ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎ )ﭘﺮﺗﮕﺎﻟﻲﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻟﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﺴﭙﺎﻧﻮﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻮﻱﻫﺎ( ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﺗﮕﺎﻟﻲﻫﺎ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺎﻟﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺰﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﻪ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻬﺎ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺰﺭگ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﻥ ‪ 20‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺻﺮﻑ ‪ 20‬ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﺒﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻠﺖﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ‬ ‫؟‬
‫ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻔﺖ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻫﻔﺖ ﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺳﺆﺍﻝﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺣﻜﻤﻔﺮﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻥ ‪ 18‬ﻭ ‪ 19‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪110‬‬
 ‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺯ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺘﺨﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ‬ ‫‪26000000‬‬ ‫‪652000‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻓﺪﺭﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ )‪(7‬ﺍﻣﻴﺮﻧﺸﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪4214000‬‬ ‫‪83600‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻮﻇﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ‬ ‫‪222731000‬‬ ‫‪1904233‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﮔﺎﺭﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺰﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ‬ ‫‪5505000‬‬ ‫‪89326‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﺰﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪26383000‬‬ ‫‪447400‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺷﻜﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯﺑﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ‬ ‫‪70472846‬‬ ‫‪1648195‬‬ ‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫‪727000‬‬ ‫‪694‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫‪475000‬‬ ‫‪5765‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺑﮕﺎﻭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻭﻧﺌﻲ‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪138835000‬‬ ‫‪147570‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﮕﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﺶ‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ‬ ‫‪790000‬‬ ‫‪47000‬‬ ‫ﺗﻴﻤﭙﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺗﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲﻓﺪﺭﺍﻝ‬ ‫‪156770000‬‬ ‫‪796095‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪7063000‬‬ ‫‪143100‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺷﻨﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺟﻴﻜﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ‬ ‫‪64632000‬‬ ‫‪513115‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻜﺎﻙ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪22815000‬‬ ‫‪36000‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻳﭙﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻳﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪4899000‬‬ ‫‪488100‬‬ ‫ﻋﺸﻖ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﺰﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪1032000‬‬ ‫‪14874‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺭ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﺰﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪72932000‬‬ ‫‪779452‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺰﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪1311381000‬‬ ‫‪9572900‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻜﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﻓﺪﺭﺍﻟﻲ‬ ‫‪142394000‬‬ ‫‪17075400‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻜﻮ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ‬ ‫‪19‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ‬ ‫‪127716000‬‬ ‫‪377819‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻛﻴﻮ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪19879000‬‬ ‫‪65610‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﭙﻮ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻳﻼﻧﻜﺎ‬ ‫‪21‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪4408000‬‬ ‫‪641‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺎﭘﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮕﺎﭘﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪22‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪18542000‬‬ ‫‪185180‬‬ ‫ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪23‬‬
‫‪111‬‬
 ‫ﻃﺮﺯ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺘﺨﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪28513000‬‬ ‫‪438317‬‬ ‫ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺍﻕ‬ ‫‪24‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ‬ ‫‪23687000‬‬ ‫‪2240000‬‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺎﺽ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﻌﻮﺩﻱ‬ ‫‪25‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ‬ ‫‪2516000‬‬ ‫‪309500‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻘﻂ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪26‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪4141000‬‬ ‫‪6263‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺱ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﺴﻄﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪27‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﺰﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪85563000‬‬ ‫‪300000‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻴﻼ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻴﭙﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪28‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﺰﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪1004000‬‬ ‫‪9250‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻜﻮﺯﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﺮﺱ‬ ‫‪29‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﺰﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪5192000‬‬ ‫‪198500‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺸﻜﻚ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻏﺰﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪30‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﺰﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪15242000‬‬ ‫‪271700‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺰﺍﻗﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪31‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪838000‬‬ ‫‪11471‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺣﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮ‬ ‫‪32‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ‬ ‫‪13648000‬‬ ‫‪181035‬‬ ‫ﭘﻨﻮﻡ ﭘﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪33‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﺰﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪28138000‬‬ ‫‪99646‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪34‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺰﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪22583000‬‬ ‫‪122762‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﮓ ﻳﺎﻧﮓ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫‪35‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ‬ ‫‪3084000‬‬ ‫‪17818‬‬ ‫ﻛﻮﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﻳﺖ‬ ‫‪36‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺰﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪5751000‬‬ ‫‪236800‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻻﻭﻭﺱ‬ ‫‪37‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﺰﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪3834000‬‬ ‫‪10400‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪38‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﺰﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪300000‬‬ ‫‪289‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻟﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫‪39‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻓﺪﺭﺍﻝ‬ ‫‪26640000‬‬ ‫‪329758‬‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺍﻻ ﻻﻣﭙﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪40‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﺰﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪2580000‬‬ ‫‪1566500‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻻﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻐﻮﻟﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪41‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺰﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪47383000‬‬ ‫‪676577‬‬ ‫ﺭﻧﮕﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻤﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪42‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻃﻪ‬ ‫‪27678000‬‬ ‫‪147181‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﻤﻨﺪﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﭙﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪43‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺰﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪83458000‬‬ ‫‪331041‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻧﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺘﻨﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪44‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﺰﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪1119538000‬‬ ‫‪3165596‬‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻠﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪45‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﺰﺑﻲ‬ ‫‪20676000‬‬ ‫‪555000‬‬ ‫ﺻﻨﻌﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫‪46‬‬
‫‪112‬‬
 ‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﺓ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﺪﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﻫﻬﺎ )ﻫﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯ( ﻭ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺷﺘﻬﺎ )ﻣﻐﻮﻟﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻐﻮﻟﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ( ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻳﻜﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎﺵ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﻭﻣﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺧﻠﻴﺞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﮕﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻘﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻛﺴﭙﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻲ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺘﭗ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‪ ،‬ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﻧﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮕﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﭘﺮﺍﮔﻨﺪﻩﮔﻲ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﻜﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻭ ‪ ...‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺟﻨﮕﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪113‬‬
 ‫‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﮋﺍﺩ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻛﻤﺮﻧﮓ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻜﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎﻱ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻼﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻲ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺁﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺪﺏ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﻣﺰ ﻭ ﻣﻼﻛﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﺳﻮﻳﺰ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﺣﻤﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﺪﻳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺖ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺖ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻔﺖ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﺧﺎﻭﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻕ ﺩﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻱ ﻏﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪114‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻲ‪ :‬ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻻﺟﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩﮔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻛﻤﺒﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻟﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺷﻌﺔ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺭﻭﺯ ‪ 12‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ )ﺍﻭﻝ ﺣﻤﻞ( ﻭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺧﺰﺍﻥ )ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ( ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺷﻤﺴﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ) ‪ 23 12‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ( ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺷﻤﺴﻲ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺟﺪﻱ ) ‪ 23 12‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ ( ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ‪ :‬ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺍ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻳﺦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪10‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻳﺦﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﺰﻩ ﻭ ﮔﻠﺴﻨﮓ ﺭﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺪﻥ‪ :‬ﺷﻬﺮﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﺷﻬﺮﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺗﺮﻗﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﺪﻥ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺭﻳﺴﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﺯﺍﺩﻩﮔﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﻥ ‪ 19‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪115‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺬﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻪ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﺮﺩﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺭﻳﺰﻡ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﺧﻪﻳﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻮﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱﻫﺎ ﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻮ‪ :‬ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻮ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺁﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻀﻴﺾ‪ :‬ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﻀﻴﺾ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻠﻴﺞ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ‪ :‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 66 2‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 66 12‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺭﻛﺘﻴﻚ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﻱ‪ 23 1 :‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻳﺮ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ‪ 23 12‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻳﺮﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻗﻄﺐ‪ :‬ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻬﻜﺸﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﺤﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ 40‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﺭﻯ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﭗ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻔﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍﮔﺎﻩ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪116‬‬
 ‫ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻔﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺮﺍﮔﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻧﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﺘﻪﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ‪ :‬ﻛﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺖ‪ :‬ﻛﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺁﻻﺕ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻟﻴﺰﺍﺭ‪ :‬ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺷﺎﻟﻲ )ﺑﺮﻧﺞ( ﻛﺸﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺖ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺁﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﺗﻜﻪ ﻭ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺍﺷﻴﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪ :‬ﺧﻄﻮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻠﻪ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻲ‪ :‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ‪ :‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﻝ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ‪ :‬ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺻﺪﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﭼﺮﺧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ 23 1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ‪ :‬ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﻩ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻲ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪117‬‬
 ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﻮﺭﺍﻛﻪ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻜﺘﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﻩ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺟﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪118‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‬
‫‪119‬‬
120
121